<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Jel3117</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Jel3117"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Jel3117"/>
	<updated>2026-05-16T15:48:56Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783910</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783910"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T16:16:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillaton. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential energy of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the potential energy of the molecule increases until it reaches the plateau. The difference between the energy of the plateau and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition where time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the transition state of a symmetric molecule, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning maximum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning minimum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because at the local minimum the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to one of the distances would not give positive value (not a maximum point).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the stationary maximum point on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 Å and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 kg m/s.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 Å, A and B would form the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and C would move away from the molecule. Thus, the reaction path would head towards the other end of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_intermolecular.png|frame|none|Figure 12. Intermolecular distance vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_Momenta.png|frame|none|Figure 13. momenta vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 12 shows that the distance between B and C increases but the distance between A and B decreases with a little oscillation. Moreover, Figure 13 shows that the momentum of BC increases then reaches the plateau which means that the B and C are separated and the momentum of AB increases then start to oscillate as it plateaus. It means that AB bonds are formed and they are oscillating. Thus, the above data supports that AB bond is formed instead of BC bond when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are reversed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / KJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || Initially, C approaches AB molecule. As C approaches, the distance between A and B remains almost constant with no oscillations and the potential energy between B and C increases. As it reaches the transition state, the system has an enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy. Therefore, a new BC bond is formed and the AB bond is broken. Then, as the reaction path passes the transition state, the BC molecule oscillates and A moves away from the new product BC.   || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system does not have an enough amount of energy to overcome the activation energy and the new BC bond is not formed. Thus, C moves away from the AB molecule and AB molecule remains oscillating and keep their bonds. ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches the AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system has the enough energy to overcome the activation energy and a new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the product as the reaction proceeds.  || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule AB. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the system has an enough energy to overcome the transition state and the new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the BC molecule. However, the oscillation of the BC bond is too big such that the BC bond is broken and AB bond is formed again. As a result, the AB molecule remains as it is and C moves away from the AB molecule. || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecules does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the AB molecule starts to oscillate dramatically such that AB bond is broken. As a result,the BC bond is formed and A moves away from the the molecule BC || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that activation energy is not the only factor that affects the success of the reaction but other factors such as collision in a correct geometry also contributes to the success of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory are as follows&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;transition state&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, For each elementary step in a multi-step reaction, the intermediates are long lived enough to reach a Boltzmann distribution of energies before proceeding to the next step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, The reaction is successful if the reaction path passes over the lowest energy saddle point on the potential energy surface (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in reality, the assumptions start to break down. The transition states are very short lived and the Boltzmann distribution of energies at each step near activated complexes is hard to be obtained. Moreover, in reality, atoms behave in a quantum mechanical manner and the reaction might be successful to form the product even though the energy of the reactants is not enough to overcome the activation energy via quantum tunnelling. Moreover, in reality, the transition state is not necessarily at the lowest saddle point at high temperatures. Thus, there are alternative pathway to the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, the predicted reaction rate values by using Transition State Theory would be lower than the experimental values due to limitations of the assumptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 : F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_HH_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 14. the potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_H_HF_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 15. the potential energy surface of H + HF reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the potential energy surfaces, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic because the energy of the reactant is higher than the energy of the product and the H + HF reaction is endothermic because the energy of the product is higher than the energy of the reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than the bond strength of HF because the energy released from breaking H-H bond is lower than the energy required to form the H-F bond for the endothermic F + HF reaction and the energy released from breaking H-F bond is higher than the energy required to form the H-H bond for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate Position of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_intermoleculardistance2.png|frame|none|Figure 16. The intermolecular distance vs time graph of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_potential_surface2.png|frame|none|Figure 17. The potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction indicating the approximate position of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; lies near the reactant. Looking at  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; graph, the transition state therefore lies near the reactant and it is supported by the intermolecular vs time graph as shown above (No change in the intermolecular distances for a subsequent period of time). Likewise, the transition state of the endothermic H + HF reaction lies near the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With trial and errors, the position of the transition state for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was found at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(AB Distance) = 1.8106929 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC Distance) = 0.745 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state for the endothermic H + HF reaction was found at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(AB Distance) = 0.745 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC Distance) = 1.8106929 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies of both of the reactions were found by displacing the activated complex slightly from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_exothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 18. Energy vs time graph of the exothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_endothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 19. Energy vs time graph of the endothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was calculated by displacing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 1.8107 Å. However, the activation energy of the exothermic reaction was negligible such that was hard to be observed from the energy vs time graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of the endothermic reaction was calculated by displacing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 1.8106 Å. The activation energy was found as 29.5 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the conservation of energy, the total energy is always conserved. At the start, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and  and F atom are stationary thus they only have potential energies. As they are brought together, the potential energies between them decrease and the kinetic energies of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom subsequently increase. As they collide, they start to oscillate and H-H bond is broken and new H-F bond is formed. Since the reaction is exothermic, the excess energy is released from the reaction as heat and the remaining energy is converted to the vibrational energy of HF molecule and kinetic energy of H atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimentally, the above mechanism can be confirmed by measuring the heat released during the reaction with a calorimeter and the vibrational energy of HF molecule can be measured by using IR. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_momentum_time_graph_exothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 19. Energy vs time graph of the endothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi&#039;s empirical rule ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state is important in determining the distribution of energy between different modes. For the early transition (exothermic reaction), having translational energy in majority is sufficient to form the product because having vibrational energy would cause the molecule to slide the potential energy surface side to side such that it does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy. However, for the late transition (endothermic reaction, having vibrational energy helps to climb the potential energy surface up to the transition state. Having too much vibrational energy bounces back the product to the reactant.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;polany&#039;s rule&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Chemistry LibreTexts. &#039;&#039;The Morse Potential graph&#039;&#039;. Available from : https://chem.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Physical_and_Theoretical_Chemistry_Textbook_Maps/Map%3A_Physical_Chemistry_(McQuarrie_and_Simon)/05._The_Harmonic_Oscillator_and_the_Rigid_Rotator%3A_Two_Spectroscopic_Models/5.3%3A_The_Harmonic_Oscillator_Approximates_Vibrations &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;transition state&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Atkins, P.W., and Paula J. De. &#039;&#039;Atkin&#039;s Physical Chemistry&#039;&#039;. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 2006&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;polany&#039;s rule&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Jeffrey I.Steinfeld, Joseph S. Francisco, William L.Hase. &#039;&#039;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&#039;&#039;. United States: A Paramount Communications Company, 1989 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783894</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783894"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T16:13:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillaton. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential energy of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the potential energy of the molecule increases until it reaches the plateau. The difference between the energy of the plateau and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition where time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the transition state of a symmetric molecule, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning maximum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning minimum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because at the local minimum the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to one of the distances would not give positive value (not a maximum point).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the stationary maximum point on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 Å and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 kg m/s.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 Å, A and B would form the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and C would move away from the molecule. Thus, the reaction path would head towards the other end of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_intermolecular.png|frame|none|Figure 12. Intermolecular distance vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_Momenta.png|frame|none|Figure 13. momenta vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 12 shows that the distance between B and C increases but the distance between A and B decreases with a little oscillation. Moreover, Figure 13 shows that the momentum of BC increases then reaches the plateau which means that the B and C are separated and the momentum of AB increases then start to oscillate as it plateaus. It means that AB bonds are formed and they are oscillating. Thus, the above data supports that AB bond is formed instead of BC bond when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are reversed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / KJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || Initially, C approaches AB molecule. As C approaches, the distance between A and B remains almost constant with no oscillations and the potential energy between B and C increases. As it reaches the transition state, the system has an enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy. Therefore, a new BC bond is formed and the AB bond is broken. Then, as the reaction path passes the transition state, the BC molecule oscillates and A moves away from the new product BC.   || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system does not have an enough amount of energy to overcome the activation energy and the new BC bond is not formed. Thus, C moves away from the AB molecule and AB molecule remains oscillating and keep their bonds. ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches the AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system has the enough energy to overcome the activation energy and a new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the product as the reaction proceeds.  || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule AB. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the system has an enough energy to overcome the transition state and the new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the BC molecule. However, the oscillation of the BC bond is too big such that the BC bond is broken and AB bond is formed again. As a result, the AB molecule remains as it is and C moves away from the AB molecule. || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecules does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the AB molecule starts to oscillate dramatically such that AB bond is broken. As a result,the BC bond is formed and A moves away from the the molecule BC || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that activation energy is not the only factor that affects the success of the reaction but other factors such as collision in a correct geometry also contributes to the success of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory are as follows&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;transition state&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, For each elementary step in a multi-step reaction, the intermediates are long lived enough to reach a Boltzmann distribution of energies before proceeding to the next step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, The reaction is successful if the reaction path passes over the lowest energy saddle point on the potential energy surface (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in reality, the assumptions start to break down. The transition states are very short lived and the Boltzmann distribution of energies at each step near activated complexes is hard to be obtained. Moreover, in reality, atoms behave in a quantum mechanical manner and the reaction might be successful to form the product even though the energy of the reactants is not enough to overcome the activation energy via quantum tunnelling. Moreover, in reality, the transition state is not necessarily at the lowest saddle point at high temperatures. Thus, there are alternative pathway to the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, the predicted reaction rate values by using Transition State Theory would be lower than the experimental values due to limitations of the assumptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 : F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_HH_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 14. the potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_H_HF_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 15. the potential energy surface of H + HF reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the potential energy surfaces, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic because the energy of the reactant is higher than the energy of the product and the H + HF reaction is endothermic because the energy of the product is higher than the energy of the reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than the bond strength of HF because the energy released from breaking H-H bond is lower than the energy required to form the H-F bond for the endothermic F + HF reaction and the energy released from breaking H-F bond is higher than the energy required to form the H-H bond for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate Position of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_intermoleculardistance2.png|frame|none|Figure 16. The intermolecular distance vs time graph of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_potential_surface2.png|frame|none|Figure 17. The potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction indicating the approximate position of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; lies near the reactant. Looking at  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; graph, the transition state therefore lies near the reactant and it is supported by the intermolecular vs time graph as shown above (No change in the intermolecular distances for a subsequent period of time). Likewise, the transition state of the endothermic H + HF reaction lies near the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With trial and errors, the position of the transition state for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was found at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(AB Distance) = 1.8106929 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC Distance) = 0.745 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state for the endothermic H + HF reaction was found at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(AB Distance) = 0.745 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC Distance) = 1.8106929 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies of both of the reactions were found by displacing the activated complex slightly from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_exothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 18. Energy vs time graph of the exothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_endothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 19. Energy vs time graph of the endothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was calculated by displacing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 1.8107 Å. However, the activation energy of the exothermic reaction was negligible such that was hard to be observed from the energy vs time graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of the endothermic reaction was calculated by displacing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 1.8106 Å. The activation energy was found as 29.5 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the conservation of energy, the total energy is always conserved. At the start, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and  and F atom are stationary thus they only have potential energies. As they are brought together, the potential energies between them decrease and the kinetic energies of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom subsequently increase. As they collide, they start to oscillate and H-H bond is broken and new H-F bond is formed. Since the reaction is exothermic, the excess energy is released from the reaction as heat and the remaining energy is converted to the vibrational energy of HF molecule and kinetic energy of H atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_momentum_time_graph_exothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 19. Energy vs time graph of the endothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi&#039;s empirical rule ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state is important in determining the distribution of energy between different modes. For the early transition (exothermic reaction), having translational energy in majority is sufficient to form the product because having vibrational energy would cause the molecule to slide the potential energy surface side to side such that it does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy. However, for the late transition (endothermic reaction, having vibrational energy helps to climb the potential energy surface up to the transition state. Having too much vibrational energy bounces back the product to the reactant.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;polany&#039;s rule&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Chemistry LibreTexts. &#039;&#039;The Morse Potential graph&#039;&#039;. Available from : https://chem.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Physical_and_Theoretical_Chemistry_Textbook_Maps/Map%3A_Physical_Chemistry_(McQuarrie_and_Simon)/05._The_Harmonic_Oscillator_and_the_Rigid_Rotator%3A_Two_Spectroscopic_Models/5.3%3A_The_Harmonic_Oscillator_Approximates_Vibrations &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;transition state&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Atkins, P.W., and Paula J. De. &#039;&#039;Atkin&#039;s Physical Chemistry&#039;&#039;. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 2006&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;polany&#039;s rule&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Jeffrey I.Steinfeld, Joseph S. Francisco, William L.Hase. &#039;&#039;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&#039;&#039;. United States: A Paramount Communications Company, 1989 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783886</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783886"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T16:12:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: /* Exercise 1 : H + H2 System */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillaton. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential energy of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the potential energy of the molecule increases until it reaches the plateau. The difference between the energy of the plateau and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition where time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the transition state of a symmetric molecule, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning maximum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning minimum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because at the local minimum the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to one of the distances would not give positive value (not a maximum point).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the stationary maximum point on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 Å and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 kg m/s.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 Å, A and B would form the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and C would move away from the molecule. Thus, the reaction path would head towards the other end of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_intermolecular.png|frame|none|Figure 12. Intermolecular distance vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_Momenta.png|frame|none|Figure 13. momenta vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 12 shows that the distance between B and C increases but the distance between A and B decreases with a little oscillation. Moreover, Figure 13 shows that the momentum of BC increases then reaches the plateau which means that the B and C are separated and the momentum of AB increases then start to oscillate as it plateaus. It means that AB bonds are formed and they are oscillating. Thus, the above data supports that AB bond is formed instead of BC bond when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are reversed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || Initially, C approaches AB molecule. As C approaches, the distance between A and B remains almost constant with no oscillations and the potential energy between B and C increases. As it reaches the transition state, the system has an enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy. Therefore, a new BC bond is formed and the AB bond is broken. Then, as the reaction path passes the transition state, the BC molecule oscillates and A moves away from the new product BC.   || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system does not have an enough amount of energy to overcome the activation energy and the new BC bond is not formed. Thus, C moves away from the AB molecule and AB molecule remains oscillating and keep their bonds. ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches the AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system has the enough energy to overcome the activation energy and a new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the product as the reaction proceeds.  || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule AB. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the system has an enough energy to overcome the transition state and the new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the BC molecule. However, the oscillation of the BC bond is too big such that the BC bond is broken and AB bond is formed again. As a result, the AB molecule remains as it is and C moves away from the AB molecule. || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecules does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the AB molecule starts to oscillate dramatically such that AB bond is broken. As a result,the BC bond is formed and A moves away from the the molecule BC || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that activation energy is not the only factor that affects the success of the reaction but other factors such as collision in a correct geometry also contributes to the success of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory are as follows&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;transition state&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, For each elementary step in a multi-step reaction, the intermediates are long lived enough to reach a Boltzmann distribution of energies before proceeding to the next step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, The reaction is successful if the reaction path passes over the lowest energy saddle point on the potential energy surface (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in reality, the assumptions start to break down. The transition states are very short lived and the Boltzmann distribution of energies at each step near activated complexes is hard to be obtained. Moreover, in reality, atoms behave in a quantum mechanical manner and the reaction might be successful to form the product even though the energy of the reactants is not enough to overcome the activation energy via quantum tunnelling. Moreover, in reality, the transition state is not necessarily at the lowest saddle point at high temperatures. Thus, there are alternative pathway to the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, the predicted reaction rate values by using Transition State Theory would be lower than the experimental values due to limitations of the assumptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 : F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_HH_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 14. the potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_H_HF_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 15. the potential energy surface of H + HF reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the potential energy surfaces, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic because the energy of the reactant is higher than the energy of the product and the H + HF reaction is endothermic because the energy of the product is higher than the energy of the reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than the bond strength of HF because the energy released from breaking H-H bond is lower than the energy required to form the H-F bond for the endothermic F + HF reaction and the energy released from breaking H-F bond is higher than the energy required to form the H-H bond for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate Position of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_intermoleculardistance2.png|frame|none|Figure 16. The intermolecular distance vs time graph of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_potential_surface2.png|frame|none|Figure 17. The potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction indicating the approximate position of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; lies near the reactant. Looking at  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; graph, the transition state therefore lies near the reactant and it is supported by the intermolecular vs time graph as shown above (No change in the intermolecular distances for a subsequent period of time). Likewise, the transition state of the endothermic H + HF reaction lies near the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With trial and errors, the position of the transition state for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was found at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(AB Distance) = 1.8106929 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC Distance) = 0.745 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state for the endothermic H + HF reaction was found at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(AB Distance) = 0.745 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC Distance) = 1.8106929 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies of both of the reactions were found by displacing the activated complex slightly from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_exothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 18. Energy vs time graph of the exothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_endothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 19. Energy vs time graph of the endothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was calculated by displacing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 1.8107 Å. However, the activation energy of the exothermic reaction was negligible such that was hard to be observed from the energy vs time graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of the endothermic reaction was calculated by displacing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 1.8106 Å. The activation energy was found as 29.5 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the conservation of energy, the total energy is always conserved. At the start, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and  and F atom are stationary thus they only have potential energies. As they are brought together, the potential energies between them decrease and the kinetic energies of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom subsequently increase. As they collide, they start to oscillate and H-H bond is broken and new H-F bond is formed. Since the reaction is exothermic, the excess energy is released from the reaction as heat and the remaining energy is converted to the vibrational energy of HF molecule and kinetic energy of H atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_momentum_time_graph_exothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 19. Energy vs time graph of the endothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi&#039;s empirical rule ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state is important in determining the distribution of energy between different modes. For the early transition (exothermic reaction), having translational energy in majority is sufficient to form the product because having vibrational energy would cause the molecule to slide the potential energy surface side to side such that it does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy. However, for the late transition (endothermic reaction, having vibrational energy helps to climb the potential energy surface up to the transition state. Having too much vibrational energy bounces back the product to the reactant.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;polany&#039;s rule&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Chemistry LibreTexts. &#039;&#039;The Morse Potential graph&#039;&#039;. Available from : https://chem.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Physical_and_Theoretical_Chemistry_Textbook_Maps/Map%3A_Physical_Chemistry_(McQuarrie_and_Simon)/05._The_Harmonic_Oscillator_and_the_Rigid_Rotator%3A_Two_Spectroscopic_Models/5.3%3A_The_Harmonic_Oscillator_Approximates_Vibrations &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;transition state&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Atkins, P.W., and Paula J. De. &#039;&#039;Atkin&#039;s Physical Chemistry&#039;&#039;. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 2006&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;polany&#039;s rule&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Jeffrey I.Steinfeld, Joseph S. Francisco, William L.Hase. &#039;&#039;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&#039;&#039;. United States: A Paramount Communications Company, 1989 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783823</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783823"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T16:02:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: /* Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillaton. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential energy of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the potential energy of the molecule increases until it reaches the plateau. The difference between the energy of the plateau and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, A and B would form the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and C would move away from the molecule. Thus, the reaction path would head towards the other end of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_intermolecular.png|frame|none|Figure 12. Intermolecular distance vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_Momenta.png|frame|none|Figure 13. momenta vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 12 shows that the distance between B and C increases but the distance between A and B decreases with a little oscillation. Moreover, Figure 13 shows that the momentum of BC increases then plateaus meaning the B and C are separated and the momentum of AB increases then start to oscillate as it plateaus. It means that AB bonds are formed and they are oscillating. Thus, the two above data support that AB bond is formed instead of BC bond when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are reversed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || Initially, C approaches AB molecule. As C approaches, the distance between A and B remains almost constant with no oscillations and the potential energy between B and C increases. As it reaches the transition state, the system has an enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy. Therefore, a new BC bond is formed and the AB bond is broken. Then, as the reaction path passes the transition state, the BC molecule oscillates and A moves away from the new product BC.   || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system does not have an enough amount of energy to overcome the activation energy and the new BC bond is not formed. Thus, C moves away from the AB molecule and AB molecule remains oscillating and keep their bonds. ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches the AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system has the enough energy to overcome the activation energy and a new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the product as the reaction proceeds.  || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule AB. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the system has an enough energy to overcome the transition state and the new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the BC molecule. However, the oscillation of the BC bond is too big such that the BC bond is broken and AB bond is formed again. As a result, the AB molecule remains as it is and C moves away from the AB molecule. || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecules does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the AB molecule starts to oscillate dramatically such that AB bond is broken. As a result,the BC bond is formed and A moves away from the the molecule BC || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that activation energy is not the only factor that affects the success of the reaction but other factors such as collision in a correct geometry also contributes to the success of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory are as follows&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;transition state&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, For each elementary step in a multi-step reaction, the intermediates are long lived enough to reach a Boltzmann distribution of energies before proceeding to the next step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, The reaction is successful if the reaction path passes over the lowest energy saddle point on the potential energy surface (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in reality, the assumptions start to break down. The transition states are very short lived and the Boltzmann distribution of energies at each step near activated complexes is hard to be obtained. Moreover, in reality, atoms behave in a quantum mechanical manner and the reaction might be successful to form the product even though the energy of the reactants is not enough to overcome the activation energy via quantum tunnelling. Moreover, in reality, the transition state is not necessarily at the lowest saddle point at high temperatures. Thus, there are alternative pathway to the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, the predicted reaction rate values by using Transition State Theory would be lower than the experimental values due to limitations of the assumptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 : F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_HH_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 14. the potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_H_HF_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 15. the potential energy surface of H + HF reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the potential energy surfaces, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic because the energy of the reactant is higher than the energy of the product and the H + HF reaction is endothermic because the energy of the product is higher than the energy of the reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than the bond strength of HF because the energy released from breaking H-H bond is lower than the energy required to form the H-F bond for the endothermic F + HF reaction and the energy released from breaking H-F bond is higher than the energy required to form the H-H bond for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate Position of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_intermoleculardistance2.png|frame|none|Figure 16. The intermolecular distance vs time graph of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_potential_surface2.png|frame|none|Figure 17. The potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction indicating the approximate position of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; lies near the reactant. Looking at  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; graph, the transition state therefore lies near the reactant and it is supported by the intermolecular vs time graph as shown above (No change in the intermolecular distances for a subsequent period of time). Likewise, the transition state of the endothermic H + HF reaction lies near the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With trial and errors, the position of the transition state for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was found at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(AB Distance) = 1.8106929 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC Distance) = 0.745 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state for the endothermic H + HF reaction was found at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(AB Distance) = 0.745 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC Distance) = 1.8106929 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies of both of the reactions were found by displacing the activated complex slightly from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_exothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 18. Energy vs time graph of the exothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_endothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 19. Energy vs time graph of the endothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was calculated by displacing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 1.8107 Å. However, the activation energy of the exothermic reaction was negligible such that was hard to be observed from the energy vs time graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of the endothermic reaction was calculated by displacing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 1.8106 Å. The activation energy was found as 29.5 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the conservation of energy, the total energy is always conserved. At the start, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and  and F atom are stationary thus they only have potential energies. As they are brought together, the potential energies between them decrease and the kinetic energies of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom subsequently increase. As they collide, they start to oscillate and H-H bond is broken and new H-F bond is formed. Since the reaction is exothermic, the excess energy is released from the reaction as heat and the remaining energy is converted to the vibrational energy of HF molecule and kinetic energy of H atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_momentum_time_graph_exothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 19. Energy vs time graph of the endothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi&#039;s empirical rule ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state is important in determining the distribution of energy between different modes. For the early transition (exothermic reaction), having translational energy in majority is sufficient to form the product because having vibrational energy would cause the molecule to slide the potential energy surface side to side such that it does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy. However, for the late transition (endothermic reaction, having vibrational energy helps to climb the potential energy surface up to the transition state. Having too much vibrational energy bounces back the product to the reactant.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;polany&#039;s rule&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Chemistry LibreTexts. &#039;&#039;The Morse Potential graph&#039;&#039;. Available from : https://chem.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Physical_and_Theoretical_Chemistry_Textbook_Maps/Map%3A_Physical_Chemistry_(McQuarrie_and_Simon)/05._The_Harmonic_Oscillator_and_the_Rigid_Rotator%3A_Two_Spectroscopic_Models/5.3%3A_The_Harmonic_Oscillator_Approximates_Vibrations &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;transition state&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Atkins, P.W., and Paula J. De. &#039;&#039;Atkin&#039;s Physical Chemistry&#039;&#039;. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 2006&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;polany&#039;s rule&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Jeffrey I.Steinfeld, Joseph S. Francisco, William L.Hase. &#039;&#039;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&#039;&#039;. United States: A Paramount Communications Company, 1989 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783785</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783785"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:58:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, A and B would form the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and C would move away from the molecule. Thus, the reaction path would head towards the other end of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_intermolecular.png|frame|none|Figure 12. Intermolecular distance vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_Momenta.png|frame|none|Figure 13. momenta vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 12 shows that the distance between B and C increases but the distance between A and B decreases with a little oscillation. Moreover, Figure 13 shows that the momentum of BC increases then plateaus meaning the B and C are separated and the momentum of AB increases then start to oscillate as it plateaus. It means that AB bonds are formed and they are oscillating. Thus, the two above data support that AB bond is formed instead of BC bond when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are reversed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || Initially, C approaches AB molecule. As C approaches, the distance between A and B remains almost constant with no oscillations and the potential energy between B and C increases. As it reaches the transition state, the system has an enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy. Therefore, a new BC bond is formed and the AB bond is broken. Then, as the reaction path passes the transition state, the BC molecule oscillates and A moves away from the new product BC.   || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system does not have an enough amount of energy to overcome the activation energy and the new BC bond is not formed. Thus, C moves away from the AB molecule and AB molecule remains oscillating and keep their bonds. ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches the AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system has the enough energy to overcome the activation energy and a new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the product as the reaction proceeds.  || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule AB. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the system has an enough energy to overcome the transition state and the new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the BC molecule. However, the oscillation of the BC bond is too big such that the BC bond is broken and AB bond is formed again. As a result, the AB molecule remains as it is and C moves away from the AB molecule. || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecules does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the AB molecule starts to oscillate dramatically such that AB bond is broken. As a result,the BC bond is formed and A moves away from the the molecule BC || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that activation energy is not the only factor that affects the success of the reaction but other factors such as collision in a correct geometry also contributes to the success of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory are as follows&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;transition state&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, For each elementary step in a multi-step reaction, the intermediates are long lived enough to reach a Boltzmann distribution of energies before proceeding to the next step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, The reaction is successful if the reaction path passes over the lowest energy saddle point on the potential energy surface (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in reality, the assumptions start to break down. The transition states are very short lived and the Boltzmann distribution of energies at each step near activated complexes is hard to be obtained. Moreover, in reality, atoms behave in a quantum mechanical manner and the reaction might be successful to form the product even though the energy of the reactants is not enough to overcome the activation energy via quantum tunnelling. Moreover, in reality, the transition state is not necessarily at the lowest saddle point at high temperatures. Thus, there are alternative pathway to the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, the predicted reaction rate values by using Transition State Theory would be lower than the experimental values due to limitations of the assumptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 : F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_HH_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 14. the potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_H_HF_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 15. the potential energy surface of H + HF reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the potential energy surfaces, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic because the energy of the reactant is higher than the energy of the product and the H + HF reaction is endothermic because the energy of the product is higher than the energy of the reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than the bond strength of HF because the energy released from breaking H-H bond is lower than the energy required to form the H-F bond for the endothermic F + HF reaction and the energy released from breaking H-F bond is higher than the energy required to form the H-H bond for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate Position of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_intermoleculardistance2.png|frame|none|Figure 16. The intermolecular distance vs time graph of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_potential_surface2.png|frame|none|Figure 17. The potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction indicating the approximate position of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; lies near the reactant. Looking at  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; graph, the transition state therefore lies near the reactant and it is supported by the intermolecular vs time graph as shown above (No change in the intermolecular distances for a subsequent period of time). Likewise, the transition state of the endothermic H + HF reaction lies near the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With trial and errors, the position of the transition state for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was found at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(AB Distance) = 1.8106929 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC Distance) = 0.745 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state for the endothermic H + HF reaction was found at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(AB Distance) = 0.745 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC Distance) = 1.8106929 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies of both of the reactions were found by displacing the activated complex slightly from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_exothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 18. Energy vs time graph of the exothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_endothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 19. Energy vs time graph of the endothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was calculated by displacing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 1.8107 Å. However, the activation energy of the exothermic reaction was negligible such that was hard to be observed from the energy vs time graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of the endothermic reaction was calculated by displacing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 1.8106 Å. The activation energy was found as 29.5 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the conservation of energy, the total energy is always conserved. At the start, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and  and F atom are stationary thus they only have potential energies. As they are brought together, the potential energies between them decrease and the kinetic energies of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom subsequently increase. As they collide, they start to oscillate and H-H bond is broken and new H-F bond is formed. Since the reaction is exothermic, the excess energy is released from the reaction as heat and the remaining energy is converted to the vibrational energy of HF molecule and kinetic energy of H atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_momentum_time_graph_exothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 19. Energy vs time graph of the endothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi&#039;s empirical rule ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state is important in determining the distribution of energy between different modes. For the early transition (exothermic reaction), having translational energy in majority is sufficient to form the product because having vibrational energy would cause the molecule to slide the potential energy surface side to side such that it does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy. However, for the late transition (endothermic reaction, having vibrational energy helps to climb the potential energy surface up to the transition state. Having too much vibrational energy bounces back the product to the reactant.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;polany&#039;s rule&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Chemistry LibreTexts. &#039;&#039;The Morse Potential graph&#039;&#039;. Available from : https://chem.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Physical_and_Theoretical_Chemistry_Textbook_Maps/Map%3A_Physical_Chemistry_(McQuarrie_and_Simon)/05._The_Harmonic_Oscillator_and_the_Rigid_Rotator%3A_Two_Spectroscopic_Models/5.3%3A_The_Harmonic_Oscillator_Approximates_Vibrations &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;transition state&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Atkins, P.W., and Paula J. De. &#039;&#039;Atkin&#039;s Physical Chemistry&#039;&#039;. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 2006&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;polany&#039;s rule&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Jeffrey I.Steinfeld, Joseph S. Francisco, William L.Hase. &#039;&#039;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&#039;&#039;. United States: A Paramount Communications Company, 1989 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783761</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783761"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:55:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, A and B would form the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and C would move away from the molecule. Thus, the reaction path would head towards the other end of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_intermolecular.png|frame|none|Figure 12. Intermolecular distance vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_Momenta.png|frame|none|Figure 13. momenta vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 12 shows that the distance between B and C increases but the distance between A and B decreases with a little oscillation. Moreover, Figure 13 shows that the momentum of BC increases then plateaus meaning the B and C are separated and the momentum of AB increases then start to oscillate as it plateaus. It means that AB bonds are formed and they are oscillating. Thus, the two above data support that AB bond is formed instead of BC bond when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are reversed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || Initially, C approaches AB molecule. As C approaches, the distance between A and B remains almost constant with no oscillations and the potential energy between B and C increases. As it reaches the transition state, the system has an enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy. Therefore, a new BC bond is formed and the AB bond is broken. Then, as the reaction path passes the transition state, the BC molecule oscillates and A moves away from the new product BC.   || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system does not have an enough amount of energy to overcome the activation energy and the new BC bond is not formed. Thus, C moves away from the AB molecule and AB molecule remains oscillating and keep their bonds. ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches the AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system has the enough energy to overcome the activation energy and a new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the product as the reaction proceeds.  || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule AB. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the system has an enough energy to overcome the transition state and the new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the BC molecule. However, the oscillation of the BC bond is too big such that the BC bond is broken and AB bond is formed again. As a result, the AB molecule remains as it is and C moves away from the AB molecule. || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecules does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the AB molecule starts to oscillate dramatically such that AB bond is broken. As a result,the BC bond is formed and A moves away from the the molecule BC || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that activation energy is not the only factor that affects the success of the reaction but other factors such as collision in a correct geometry also contributes to the success of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory are as follows :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, For each elementary step in a multi-step reaction, the intermediates are long lived enough to reach a Boltzmann distribution of energies before proceeding to the next step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, The reaction is successful if the reaction path passes over the lowest energy saddle point on the potential energy surface (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in reality, the assumptions start to break down. The transition states are very short lived and the Boltzmann distribution of energies at each step near activated complexes is hard to be obtained. Moreover, in reality, atoms behave in a quantum mechanical manner and the reaction might be successful to form the product even though the energy of the reactants is not enough to overcome the activation energy via quantum tunnelling. Moreover, in reality, the transition state is not necessarily at the lowest saddle point at high temperatures. Thus, there are alternative pathway to the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, the predicted reaction rate values by using Transition State Theory would be lower than the experimental values due to limitations of the assumptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 : F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_HH_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 14. the potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_H_HF_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 15. the potential energy surface of H + HF reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the potential energy surfaces, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic because the energy of the reactant is higher than the energy of the product and the H + HF reaction is endothermic because the energy of the product is higher than the energy of the reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than the bond strength of HF because the energy released from breaking H-H bond is lower than the energy required to form the H-F bond for the endothermic F + HF reaction and the energy released from breaking H-F bond is higher than the energy required to form the H-H bond for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate Position of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_intermoleculardistance2.png|frame|none|Figure 16. The intermolecular distance vs time graph of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_potential_surface2.png|frame|none|Figure 17. The potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction indicating the approximate position of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; lies near the reactant. Looking at  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; graph, the transition state therefore lies near the reactant and it is supported by the intermolecular vs time graph as shown above (No change in the intermolecular distances for a subsequent period of time). Likewise, the transition state of the endothermic H + HF reaction lies near the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With trial and errors, the position of the transition state for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was found at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(AB Distance) = 1.8106929 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC Distance) = 0.745 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state for the endothermic H + HF reaction was found at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(AB Distance) = 0.745 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC Distance) = 1.8106929 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies of both of the reactions were found by displacing the activated complex slightly from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_exothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 18. Energy vs time graph of the exothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_endothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 19. Energy vs time graph of the endothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was calculated by displacing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 1.8107 Å. However, the activation energy of the exothermic reaction was negligible such that was hard to be observed from the energy vs time graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of the endothermic reaction was calculated by displacing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 1.8106 Å. The activation energy was found as 29.5 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the conservation of energy, the total energy is always conserved. At the start, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and  and F atom are stationary thus they only have potential energies. As they are brought together, the potential energies between them decrease and the kinetic energies of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom subsequently increase. As they collide, they start to oscillate and H-H bond is broken and new H-F bond is formed. Since the reaction is exothermic, the excess energy is released from the reaction as heat and the remaining energy is converted to the vibrational energy of HF molecule and kinetic energy of H atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_momentum_time_graph_exothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 19. Energy vs time graph of the endothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi&#039;s empirical rule ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state is important in determining the distribution of energy between different modes. For the early transition (exothermic reaction), having translational energy in majority is sufficient to form the product because having vibrational energy would cause the molecule to slide the potential energy surface side to side such that it does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy. However, for the late transition (endothermic reaction, having vibrational energy helps to climb the potential energy surface up to the transition state. Having too much vibrational energy bounces back the product to the reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Chemistry LibreTexts. The Morse Potential (blue) &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;transition state&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Atkins, P.W., and Paula J. De. Atkin&#039;s Physical Chemistry. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 2006&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;polany&#039;s rule&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Jeffrey I.Steinfeld, Joseph S. Francisco, William L.Hase. Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics. United States: A Paramount Communications Company, 1989 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783673</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783673"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:46:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, A and B would form the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and C would move away from the molecule. Thus, the reaction path would head towards the other end of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_intermolecular.png|frame|none|Figure 12. Intermolecular distance vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_Momenta.png|frame|none|Figure 13. momenta vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 12 shows that the distance between B and C increases but the distance between A and B decreases with a little oscillation. Moreover, Figure 13 shows that the momentum of BC increases then plateaus meaning the B and C are separated and the momentum of AB increases then start to oscillate as it plateaus. It means that AB bonds are formed and they are oscillating. Thus, the two above data support that AB bond is formed instead of BC bond when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are reversed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || Initially, C approaches AB molecule. As C approaches, the distance between A and B remains almost constant with no oscillations and the potential energy between B and C increases. As it reaches the transition state, the system has an enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy. Therefore, a new BC bond is formed and the AB bond is broken. Then, as the reaction path passes the transition state, the BC molecule oscillates and A moves away from the new product BC.   || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system does not have an enough amount of energy to overcome the activation energy and the new BC bond is not formed. Thus, C moves away from the AB molecule and AB molecule remains oscillating and keep their bonds. ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches the AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system has the enough energy to overcome the activation energy and a new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the product as the reaction proceeds.  || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule AB. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the system has an enough energy to overcome the transition state and the new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the BC molecule. However, the oscillation of the BC bond is too big such that the BC bond is broken and AB bond is formed again. As a result, the AB molecule remains as it is and C moves away from the AB molecule. || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecules does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the AB molecule starts to oscillate dramatically such that AB bond is broken. As a result,the BC bond is formed and A moves away from the the molecule BC || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that activation energy is not the only factor that affects the success of the reaction but other factors such as collision in a correct geometry also contributes to the success of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory are as follows :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, For each elementary step in a multi-step reaction, the intermediates are long lived enough to reach a Boltzmann distribution of energies before proceeding to the next step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, The reaction is successful if the reaction path passes over the lowest energy saddle point on the potential energy surface (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in reality, the assumptions start to break down. The transition states are very short lived and the Boltzmann distribution of energies at each step near activated complexes is hard to be obtained. Moreover, in reality, atoms behave in a quantum mechanical manner and the reaction might be successful to form the product even though the energy of the reactants is not enough to overcome the activation energy via quantum tunnelling. Moreover, in reality, the transition state is not necessarily at the lowest saddle point at high temperatures. Thus, there are alternative pathway to the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, the predicted reaction rate values by using Transition State Theory would be lower than the experimental values due to limitations of the assumptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 : F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_HH_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 14. the potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_H_HF_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 15. the potential energy surface of H + HF reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the potential energy surfaces, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic because the energy of the reactant is higher than the energy of the product and the H + HF reaction is endothermic because the energy of the product is higher than the energy of the reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than the bond strength of HF because the energy released from breaking H-H bond is lower than the energy required to form the H-F bond for the endothermic F + HF reaction and the energy released from breaking H-F bond is higher than the energy required to form the H-H bond for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate Position of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_intermoleculardistance2.png|frame|none|Figure 16. The intermolecular distance vs time graph of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_potential_surface2.png|frame|none|Figure 17. The potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction indicating the approximate position of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; lies near the reactant. Looking at  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; graph, the transition state therefore lies near the reactant and it is supported by the intermolecular vs time graph as shown above (No change in the intermolecular distances for a subsequent period of time). Likewise, the transition state of the endothermic H + HF reaction lies near the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With trial and errors, the position of the transition state for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was found at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(AB Distance) = 1.8106929 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC Distance) = 0.745 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state for the endothermic H + HF reaction was found at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(AB Distance) = 0.745 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC Distance) = 1.8106929 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies of both of the reactions were found by displacing the activated complex slightly from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_exothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 18. Energy vs time graph of the exothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_endothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 19. Energy vs time graph of the endothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was calculated by displacing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 1.8107 Å. However, the activation energy of the exothermic reaction was negligible such that was hard to be observed from the energy vs time graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of the endothermic reaction was calculated by displacing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 1.8106 Å. The activation energy was found as 29.5 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the conservation of energy, the total energy is always conserved. At the start, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and  and F atom are stationary thus they only have potential energies. As they are brought together, the potential energies between them decrease and the kinetic energies of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom subsequently increase. As they collide, they start to oscillate and H-H bond is broken and new H-F bond is formed. Since the reaction is exothermic, the excess energy is released from the reaction as heat and the remaining energy is converted to the vibrational energy of HF molecule and kinetic energy of H atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_momentum_time_graph_exothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 19. Energy vs time graph of the endothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi&#039;s empirical rule ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state is important in determining the distribution of energy between different modes. For the early transition (exothermic reaction), having translational energy in majority is sufficient to form the product because having vibrational energy would cause the molecule to slide the potential energy surface side to side such that it does not have enough energy to overcome the activation energy. However, for the late transition (endothermic reaction, having vibrational energy helps to climb the potential energy surface up to the transition state. Having too much vibrational energy bounces back the product to the reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This is the image taken from chem libre text &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_endothermic.png&amp;diff=783479</id>
		<title>File:JEL 3117 energy time graph endothermic.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_endothermic.png&amp;diff=783479"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:28:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_exothermic.png&amp;diff=783478</id>
		<title>File:JEL 3117 energy time graph exothermic.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_exothermic.png&amp;diff=783478"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:28:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_potential_surface2.png&amp;diff=783477</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 F H2 approximate TS potential surface2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_potential_surface2.png&amp;diff=783477"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:28:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_intermoleculardistance2.png&amp;diff=783475</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 F H2 approximate TS intermoleculardistance2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_intermoleculardistance2.png&amp;diff=783475"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:27:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_H_HF_potential_curve1.png&amp;diff=783474</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 H HF potential curve1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_H_HF_potential_curve1.png&amp;diff=783474"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:27:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_F_HH_potential_curve1.png&amp;diff=783470</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 F HH potential curve1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_F_HH_potential_curve1.png&amp;diff=783470"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:26:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL_3117_momentum_time_graph_exothermic.png&amp;diff=783467</id>
		<title>File:JEL 3117 momentum time graph exothermic.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL_3117_momentum_time_graph_exothermic.png&amp;diff=783467"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:26:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783407</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783407"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:17:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, A and B would form the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and C would move away from the molecule. Thus, the reaction path would head towards the other end of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_intermolecular.png|frame|none|Figure 12. Intermolecular distance vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_Momenta.png|frame|none|Figure 13. momenta vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 12 shows that the distance between B and C increases but the distance between A and B decreases with a little oscillation. Moreover, Figure 13 shows that the momentum of BC increases then plateaus meaning the B and C are separated and the momentum of AB increases then start to oscillate as it plateaus. It means that AB bonds are formed and they are oscillating. Thus, the two above data support that AB bond is formed instead of BC bond when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are reversed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || Initially, C approaches AB molecule. As C approaches, the distance between A and B remains almost constant with no oscillations and the potential energy between B and C increases. As it reaches the transition state, the system has an enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy. Therefore, a new BC bond is formed and the AB bond is broken. Then, as the reaction path passes the transition state, the BC molecule oscillates and A moves away from the new product BC.   || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system does not have an enough amount of energy to overcome the activation energy and the new BC bond is not formed. Thus, C moves away from the AB molecule and AB molecule remains oscillating and keep their bonds. ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches the AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system has the enough energy to overcome the activation energy and a new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the product as the reaction proceeds.  || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule AB. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the system has an enough energy to overcome the transition state and the new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the BC molecule. However, the oscillation of the BC bond is too big such that the BC bond is broken and AB bond is formed again. As a result, the AB molecule remains as it is and C moves away from the AB molecule. || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecules does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the AB molecule starts to oscillate dramatically such that AB bond is broken. As a result,the BC bond is formed and A moves away from the the molecule BC || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that activation energy is not the only factor that affects the success of the reaction but other factors such as collision in a correct geometry also contributes to the success of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory are as follows :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, For each elementary step in a multi-step reaction, the intermediates are long lived enough to reach a Boltzmann distribution of energies before proceeding to the next step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, The reaction is successful if the reaction path passes over the lowest energy saddle point on the potential energy surface (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in reality, the assumptions start to break down. The transition states are very short lived and the Boltzmann distribution of energies at each step near activated complexes is hard to be obtained. Moreover, in reality, atoms behave in a quantum mechanical manner and the reaction might be successful to form the product even though the energy of the reactants is not enough to overcome the activation energy via quantum tunnelling. Moreover, in reality, the transition state is not necessarily at the lowest saddle point at high temperatures. Thus, there are alternative pathway to the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, the predicted reaction rate values by using Transition State Theory would be lower than the experimental values due to limitations of the assumptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 : F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_HH_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 14. the potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_H_HF_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 15. the potential energy surface of H + HF reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the potential energy surfaces, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic because the energy of the reactant is higher than the energy of the product and the H + HF reaction is endothermic because the energy of the product is higher than the energy of the reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than the bond strength of HF because the energy released from breaking H-H bond is lower than the energy required to form the H-F bond for the endothermic F + HF reaction and the energy released from breaking H-F bond is higher than the energy required to form the H-H bond for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate Position of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_intermoleculardistance2.png|frame|none|Figure 16. The intermolecular distance vs time graph of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_potential_surface2.png|frame|none|Figure 17. The potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction indicating the approximate position of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; lies near the reactant. Looking at  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; graph, the transition state therefore lies near the reactant and it is supported by the intermolecular vs time graph as shown above (No change in the intermolecular distances for a subsequent period of time). Likewise, the transition state of the endothermic H + HF reaction lies near the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With trial and errors, the position of the transition state for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was found at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(AB Distance) = 1.8106929 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC Distance) = 0.745 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state for the endothermic H + HF reaction was found at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(AB Distance) = 0.745 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC Distance) = 1.8106929 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies of both of the reactions were found by displacing the activated complex slightly from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_exothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 18. Energy vs time graph of the exothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_endothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 19. Energy vs time graph of the endothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was calculated by displacing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 1.8107 Å. However, the activation energy of the exothermic reaction was negligible such that was hard to be observed from the energy vs time graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of the endothermic reaction was calculated by displacing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 1.8106 Å. The activation energy was found as 29.5 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the conservation of energy, the total energy is always conserved. At the start, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and  and F atom are stationary thus they only have potential energies. As they are brought together, the potential energies between them decrease and the kinetic energies of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom subsequently increase. As they collide, they start to oscillate and H-H bond is broken and new H-F bond is formed. Since the reaction is exothermic, the excess energy is released from the reaction as heat and the remaining energy is converted to the vibrational energy of HF molecule and kinetic energy of H atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_momentum_time_graph_exothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 19. Energy vs time graph of the endothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This is the image taken from chem libre text &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783395</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783395"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T14:39:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: /* Exercise 2 : F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, A and B would form the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and C would move away from the molecule. Thus, the reaction path would head towards the other end of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_intermolecular.png|frame|none|Figure 12. Intermolecular distance vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_Momenta.png|frame|none|Figure 13. momenta vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 12 shows that the distance between B and C increases but the distance between A and B decreases with a little oscillation. Moreover, Figure 13 shows that the momentum of BC increases then plateaus meaning the B and C are separated and the momentum of AB increases then start to oscillate as it plateaus. It means that AB bonds are formed and they are oscillating. Thus, the two above data support that AB bond is formed instead of BC bond when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are reversed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || Initially, C approaches AB molecule. As C approaches, the distance between A and B remains almost constant with no oscillations and the potential energy between B and C increases. As it reaches the transition state, the system has an enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy. Therefore, a new BC bond is formed and the AB bond is broken. Then, as the reaction path passes the transition state, the BC molecule oscillates and A moves away from the new product BC.   || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system does not have an enough amount of energy to overcome the activation energy and the new BC bond is not formed. Thus, C moves away from the AB molecule and AB molecule remains oscillating and keep their bonds. ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches the AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system has the enough energy to overcome the activation energy and a new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the product as the reaction proceeds.  || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule AB. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the system has an enough energy to overcome the transition state and the new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the BC molecule. However, the oscillation of the BC bond is too big such that the BC bond is broken and AB bond is formed again. As a result, the AB molecule remains as it is and C moves away from the AB molecule. || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecules does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the AB molecule starts to oscillate dramatically such that AB bond is broken. As a result,the BC bond is formed and A moves away from the the molecule BC || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that activation energy is not the only factor that affects the success of the reaction but other factors such as collision in a correct geometry also contributes to the success of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory are as follows :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, For each elementary step in a multi-step reaction, the intermediates are long lived enough to reach a Boltzmann distribution of energies before proceeding to the next step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, The reaction is successful if the reaction path passes over the lowest energy saddle point on the potential energy surface (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in reality, the assumptions start to break down. The transition states are very short lived and the Boltzmann distribution of energies at each step near activated complexes is hard to be obtained. Moreover, in reality, atoms behave in a quantum mechanical manner and the reaction might be successful to form the product even though the energy of the reactants is not enough to overcome the activation energy via quantum tunnelling. Moreover, in reality, the transition state is not necessarily at the lowest saddle point at high temperatures. Thus, there are alternative pathway to the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, the predicted reaction rate values by using Transition State Theory would be lower than the experimental values due to limitations of the assumptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 : F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_HH_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 14. the potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_H_HF_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 15. the potential energy surface of H + HF reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the potential energy surfaces, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic because the energy of the reactant is higher than the energy of the product and the H + HF reaction is endothermic because the energy of the product is higher than the energy of the reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than the bond strength of HF because the energy released from breaking H-H bond is lower than the energy required to form the H-F bond for the endothermic F + HF reaction and the energy released from breaking H-F bond is higher than the energy required to form the H-H bond for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate Position of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_intermoleculardistance2.png|frame|none|Figure 16. The intermolecular distance vs time graph of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_potential_surface2.png|frame|none|Figure 17. The potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction indicating the approximate position of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; lies near the reactant. Looking at  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; graph, the transition state therefore lies near the reactant and it is supported by the intermolecular vs time graph as shown above (No change in the intermolecular distances for a subsequent period of time). Likewise, the transition state of the endothermic H + HF reaction lies near the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With trial and errors, the position of the transition state for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was found at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(AB Distance) = 1.8106929 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC Distance) = 0.745 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state for the endothermic H + HF reaction was found at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(AB Distance) = 0.745 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC Distance) = 1.8106929 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energies of both of the reactions were found by displacing the activated complex slightly from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_exothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 18. Energy vs time graph of the exothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_energy_time_graph_endothermic.png|frame|none|Figure 19. Energy vs time graph of the endothermic reaction which illustrates the activation energy of the reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was calculated by displacing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 1.8107 Å. However, the activation energy of the exothermic reaction was negligible such that was hard to be observed from the energy vs time graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of the endothermic reaction was calculated by displacing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to 1.8106 Å. The activation energy was found as 29.5 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This is the image taken from chem libre text &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783360</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783360"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T13:48:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, A and B would form the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and C would move away from the molecule. Thus, the reaction path would head towards the other end of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_intermolecular.png|frame|none|Figure 12. Intermolecular distance vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_Momenta.png|frame|none|Figure 13. momenta vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 12 shows that the distance between B and C increases but the distance between A and B decreases with a little oscillation. Moreover, Figure 13 shows that the momentum of BC increases then plateaus meaning the B and C are separated and the momentum of AB increases then start to oscillate as it plateaus. It means that AB bonds are formed and they are oscillating. Thus, the two above data support that AB bond is formed instead of BC bond when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are reversed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || Initially, C approaches AB molecule. As C approaches, the distance between A and B remains almost constant with no oscillations and the potential energy between B and C increases. As it reaches the transition state, the system has an enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy. Therefore, a new BC bond is formed and the AB bond is broken. Then, as the reaction path passes the transition state, the BC molecule oscillates and A moves away from the new product BC.   || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system does not have an enough amount of energy to overcome the activation energy and the new BC bond is not formed. Thus, C moves away from the AB molecule and AB molecule remains oscillating and keep their bonds. ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches the AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system has the enough energy to overcome the activation energy and a new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the product as the reaction proceeds.  || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule AB. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the system has an enough energy to overcome the transition state and the new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the BC molecule. However, the oscillation of the BC bond is too big such that the BC bond is broken and AB bond is formed again. As a result, the AB molecule remains as it is and C moves away from the AB molecule. || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecules does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the AB molecule starts to oscillate dramatically such that AB bond is broken. As a result,the BC bond is formed and A moves away from the the molecule BC || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that activation energy is not the only factor that affects the success of the reaction but other factors such as collision in a correct geometry also contributes to the success of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory are as follows :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, For each elementary step in a multi-step reaction, the intermediates are long lived enough to reach a Boltzmann distribution of energies before proceeding to the next step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, The reaction is successful if the reaction path passes over the lowest energy saddle point on the potential energy surface (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in reality, the assumptions start to break down. The transition states are very short lived and the Boltzmann distribution of energies at each step near activated complexes is hard to be obtained. Moreover, in reality, atoms behave in a quantum mechanical manner and the reaction might be successful to form the product even though the energy of the reactants is not enough to overcome the activation energy via quantum tunnelling. Moreover, in reality, the transition state is not necessarily at the lowest saddle point at high temperatures. Thus, there are alternative pathway to the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, the predicted reaction rate values by using Transition State Theory would be lower than the experimental values due to limitations of the assumptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 : F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_HH_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 14. the potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_H_HF_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 15. the potential energy surface of H + HF reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the potential energy surfaces, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic because the energy of the reactant is higher than the energy of the product and the H + HF reaction is endothermic because the energy of the product is higher than the energy of the reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than the bond strength of HF because the energy released from breaking H-H bond is lower than the energy required to form the H-F bond for the endothermic F + HF reaction and the energy released from breaking H-F bond is higher than the energy required to form the H-H bond for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; Approximate Position of the transition state &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_intermoleculardistance2.png|frame|none|Figure 16. The intermolecular distance vs time graph of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_potential_surface2.png|frame|none|Figure 17. The potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction indicating the approximate position of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; lies near the reactant. Looking at  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; graph, the transition state therefore lies near the reactant and it is supported by the intermolecular vs time graph as shown above (No change in the intermolecular distances for a subsequent period of time). Likewise, the transition state of the endothermic H + HF reaction lies near the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By manipulating the bond distances at zero momenta, the position of the transition state for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(AB Distance) = 1.8085786 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC Distance) = 0.75 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state for the endothermic H + HF reaction is at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(AB Distance) = 0.75 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(BC Distance) = 1.8085786 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of the exothermic reaction is &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This is the image taken from chem libre text &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783292</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783292"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T13:17:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: /* Exercise 2 : F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, A and B would form the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and C would move away from the molecule. Thus, the reaction path would head towards the other end of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_intermolecular.png|frame|none|Figure 12. Intermolecular distance vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_Momenta.png|frame|none|Figure 13. momenta vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 12 shows that the distance between B and C increases but the distance between A and B decreases with a little oscillation. Moreover, Figure 13 shows that the momentum of BC increases then plateaus meaning the B and C are separated and the momentum of AB increases then start to oscillate as it plateaus. It means that AB bonds are formed and they are oscillating. Thus, the two above data support that AB bond is formed instead of BC bond when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are reversed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || Initially, C approaches AB molecule. As C approaches, the distance between A and B remains almost constant with no oscillations and the potential energy between B and C increases. As it reaches the transition state, the system has an enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy. Therefore, a new BC bond is formed and the AB bond is broken. Then, as the reaction path passes the transition state, the BC molecule oscillates and A moves away from the new product BC.   || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system does not have an enough amount of energy to overcome the activation energy and the new BC bond is not formed. Thus, C moves away from the AB molecule and AB molecule remains oscillating and keep their bonds. ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches the AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system has the enough energy to overcome the activation energy and a new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the product as the reaction proceeds.  || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule AB. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the system has an enough energy to overcome the transition state and the new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the BC molecule. However, the oscillation of the BC bond is too big such that the BC bond is broken and AB bond is formed again. As a result, the AB molecule remains as it is and C moves away from the AB molecule. || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecules does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the AB molecule starts to oscillate dramatically such that AB bond is broken. As a result,the BC bond is formed and A moves away from the the molecule BC || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that activation energy is not the only factor that affects the success of the reaction but other factors such as collision in a correct geometry also contributes to the success of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory are as follows :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, For each elementary step in a multi-step reaction, the intermediates are long lived enough to reach a Boltzmann distribution of energies before proceeding to the next step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, The reaction is successful if the reaction path passes over the lowest energy saddle point on the potential energy surface (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in reality, the assumptions start to break down. The transition states are very short lived and the Boltzmann distribution of energies at each step near activated complexes is hard to be obtained. Moreover, in reality, atoms behave in a quantum mechanical manner and the reaction might be successful to form the product even though the energy of the reactants is not enough to overcome the activation energy via quantum tunnelling. Moreover, in reality, the transition state is not necessarily at the lowest saddle point at high temperatures. Thus, there are alternative pathway to the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, the predicted reaction rate values by using Transition State Theory would be lower than the experimental values due to limitations of the assumptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 : F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_HH_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 14. the potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_H_HF_potential_curve1.png|frame|none|Figure 15. the potential energy surface of H + HF reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the potential energy surfaces, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic because the energy of the reactant is higher than the energy of the product and the H + HF reaction is endothermic because the energy of the product is higher than the energy of the reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than the bond strength of HF because the energy released from breaking H-H bond is lower than the energy required to form the H-F bond for the endothermic F + HF reaction and the energy released from breaking H-F bond is higher than the energy required to form the H-H bond for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; Approximate Position of the transition state &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_intermoleculardistance2.png|frame|none|Figure 16. The intermolecular distance vs time graph of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_potential_surface2.png|frame|none|Figure 17. The potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction indicating the approximate position of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; lies near the reactant. Looking at  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; graph, the transition state therefore lies near the reactant and it is supported by the intermolecular vs time graph as shown above (No change in the intermolecular distances for a subsequent period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This is the image taken from chem libre text &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783289</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783289"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T13:16:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: /* Exercise 2 : F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, A and B would form the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and C would move away from the molecule. Thus, the reaction path would head towards the other end of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_intermolecular.png|frame|none|Figure 12. Intermolecular distance vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_Momenta.png|frame|none|Figure 13. momenta vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 12 shows that the distance between B and C increases but the distance between A and B decreases with a little oscillation. Moreover, Figure 13 shows that the momentum of BC increases then plateaus meaning the B and C are separated and the momentum of AB increases then start to oscillate as it plateaus. It means that AB bonds are formed and they are oscillating. Thus, the two above data support that AB bond is formed instead of BC bond when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are reversed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || Initially, C approaches AB molecule. As C approaches, the distance between A and B remains almost constant with no oscillations and the potential energy between B and C increases. As it reaches the transition state, the system has an enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy. Therefore, a new BC bond is formed and the AB bond is broken. Then, as the reaction path passes the transition state, the BC molecule oscillates and A moves away from the new product BC.   || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system does not have an enough amount of energy to overcome the activation energy and the new BC bond is not formed. Thus, C moves away from the AB molecule and AB molecule remains oscillating and keep their bonds. ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches the AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system has the enough energy to overcome the activation energy and a new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the product as the reaction proceeds.  || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule AB. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the system has an enough energy to overcome the transition state and the new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the BC molecule. However, the oscillation of the BC bond is too big such that the BC bond is broken and AB bond is formed again. As a result, the AB molecule remains as it is and C moves away from the AB molecule. || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecules does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the AB molecule starts to oscillate dramatically such that AB bond is broken. As a result,the BC bond is formed and A moves away from the the molecule BC || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that activation energy is not the only factor that affects the success of the reaction but other factors such as collision in a correct geometry also contributes to the success of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory are as follows :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, For each elementary step in a multi-step reaction, the intermediates are long lived enough to reach a Boltzmann distribution of energies before proceeding to the next step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, The reaction is successful if the reaction path passes over the lowest energy saddle point on the potential energy surface (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in reality, the assumptions start to break down. The transition states are very short lived and the Boltzmann distribution of energies at each step near activated complexes is hard to be obtained. Moreover, in reality, atoms behave in a quantum mechanical manner and the reaction might be successful to form the product even though the energy of the reactants is not enough to overcome the activation energy via quantum tunnelling. Moreover, in reality, the transition state is not necessarily at the lowest saddle point at high temperatures. Thus, there are alternative pathway to the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, the predicted reaction rate values by using Transition State Theory would be lower than the experimental values due to limitations of the assumptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 : F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_HH_potential_curve.png|frame|none|Figure 14. the potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_H_HF_potential_curve.png|frame|none|Figure 15. the potential energy surface of H + HF reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the potential energy surfaces, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is exothermic because the energy of the reactant is higher than the energy of the product and the H + HF reaction is endothermic because the energy of the product is higher than the energy of the reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than the bond strength of HF because the energy released from breaking H-H bond is lower than the energy required to form the H-F bond for the endothermic F + HF reaction and the energy released from breaking H-F bond is higher than the energy required to form the H-H bond for the exothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; Approximate Position of the transition state &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_intermoleculardistance.png|frame|none|Figure 16. The intermolecular distance vs time graph of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_potential_surface.png|frame|none|Figure 17. The potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction indicating the approximate position of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state of the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; lies near the reactant. Looking at  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; graph, the transition state therefore lies near the reactant and it is supported by the intermolecular vs time graph as shown above (No change in the intermolecular distances for a subsequent period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This is the image taken from chem libre text &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783210</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=783210"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T12:55:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: /* Exercise 2 : F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, A and B would form the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and C would move away from the molecule. Thus, the reaction path would head towards the other end of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_intermolecular.png|frame|none|Figure 12. Intermolecular distance vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_Momenta.png|frame|none|Figure 13. momenta vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 12 shows that the distance between B and C increases but the distance between A and B decreases with a little oscillation. Moreover, Figure 13 shows that the momentum of BC increases then plateaus meaning the B and C are separated and the momentum of AB increases then start to oscillate as it plateaus. It means that AB bonds are formed and they are oscillating. Thus, the two above data support that AB bond is formed instead of BC bond when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are reversed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || Initially, C approaches AB molecule. As C approaches, the distance between A and B remains almost constant with no oscillations and the potential energy between B and C increases. As it reaches the transition state, the system has an enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy. Therefore, a new BC bond is formed and the AB bond is broken. Then, as the reaction path passes the transition state, the BC molecule oscillates and A moves away from the new product BC.   || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system does not have an enough amount of energy to overcome the activation energy and the new BC bond is not formed. Thus, C moves away from the AB molecule and AB molecule remains oscillating and keep their bonds. ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches the AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system has the enough energy to overcome the activation energy and a new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the product as the reaction proceeds.  || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule AB. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the system has an enough energy to overcome the transition state and the new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the BC molecule. However, the oscillation of the BC bond is too big such that the BC bond is broken and AB bond is formed again. As a result, the AB molecule remains as it is and C moves away from the AB molecule. || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecules does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the AB molecule starts to oscillate dramatically such that AB bond is broken. As a result,the BC bond is formed and A moves away from the the molecule BC || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that activation energy is not the only factor that affects the success of the reaction but other factors such as collision in a correct geometry also contributes to the success of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory are as follows :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, For each elementary step in a multi-step reaction, the intermediates are long lived enough to reach a Boltzmann distribution of energies before proceeding to the next step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, The reaction is successful if the reaction path passes over the lowest energy saddle point on the potential energy surface (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in reality, the assumptions start to break down. The transition states are very short lived and the Boltzmann distribution of energies at each step near activated complexes is hard to be obtained. Moreover, in reality, atoms behave in a quantum mechanical manner and the reaction might be successful to form the product even though the energy of the reactants is not enough to overcome the activation energy via quantum tunnelling. Moreover, in reality, the transition state is not necessarily at the lowest saddle point at high temperatures. Thus, there are alternative pathway to the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, the predicted reaction rate values by using Transition State Theory would be lower than the experimental values due to limitations of the assumptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 : F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_HH_potential_curve.png|frame|none|Figure 14. the potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_H_HF_potential_curve.png|frame|none|Figure 15. the potential energy surface of H + HF reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the potential energy surfaces, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is endothermic because the energy of the product is higher than the energy of the reactant and the H + HF reaction is exothermic because the energy of the reactant is higher than the energy of the reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than the bond strength of HF because the energy released from breaking H-H bond is lower than the energy required to form the H-F bond for the endothermic F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and the energy released from breaking H-F bond is higher than the energy required to form the H-H bond for the exothermic H + HF reaction .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; Approximate Position of the transition state &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_intermoleculardistance.png|frame|none|Figure 16. The intermolecular distance vs time graph of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_potential_surface.png|frame|none|Figure 17. The potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction indicating the approximate position of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state of the endothermic reaction lies near the product. Looking at  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; graph, the transition state therefore lies near the product and it is supported by the intermolecular vs time graph as shown above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This is the image taken from chem libre text &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_potential_surface.png&amp;diff=781527</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 F H2 approximate TS potential surface.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_potential_surface.png&amp;diff=781527"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:55:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_intermoleculardistance.png&amp;diff=781526</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 F H2 approximate TS intermoleculardistance.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_intermoleculardistance.png&amp;diff=781526"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:55:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_H_HF_potential_curve.png&amp;diff=781523</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 H HF potential curve.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_H_HF_potential_curve.png&amp;diff=781523"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:55:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_F_HH_potential_curve.png&amp;diff=781520</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 F HH potential curve.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_F_HH_potential_curve.png&amp;diff=781520"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:54:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=781517</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=781517"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:54:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, A and B would form the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and C would move away from the molecule. Thus, the reaction path would head towards the other end of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_intermolecular.png|frame|none|Figure 12. Intermolecular distance vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_Momenta.png|frame|none|Figure 13. momenta vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 12 shows that the distance between B and C increases but the distance between A and B decreases with a little oscillation. Moreover, Figure 13 shows that the momentum of BC increases then plateaus meaning the B and C are separated and the momentum of AB increases then start to oscillate as it plateaus. It means that AB bonds are formed and they are oscillating. Thus, the two above data support that AB bond is formed instead of BC bond when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are reversed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || Initially, C approaches AB molecule. As C approaches, the distance between A and B remains almost constant with no oscillations and the potential energy between B and C increases. As it reaches the transition state, the system has an enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy. Therefore, a new BC bond is formed and the AB bond is broken. Then, as the reaction path passes the transition state, the BC molecule oscillates and A moves away from the new product BC.   || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system does not have an enough amount of energy to overcome the activation energy and the new BC bond is not formed. Thus, C moves away from the AB molecule and AB molecule remains oscillating and keep their bonds. ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches the AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system has the enough energy to overcome the activation energy and a new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the product as the reaction proceeds.  || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule AB. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the system has an enough energy to overcome the transition state and the new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the BC molecule. However, the oscillation of the BC bond is too big such that the BC bond is broken and AB bond is formed again. As a result, the AB molecule remains as it is and C moves away from the AB molecule. || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecules does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the AB molecule starts to oscillate dramatically such that AB bond is broken. As a result,the BC bond is formed and A moves away from the the molecule BC || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that activation energy is not the only factor that affects the success of the reaction but other factors such as collision in a correct geometry also contributes to the success of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory are as follows :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, For each elementary step in a multi-step reaction, the intermediates are long lived enough to reach a Boltzmann distribution of energies before proceeding to the next step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, The reaction is successful if the reaction path passes over the lowest energy saddle point on the potential energy surface (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in reality, the assumptions start to break down. The transition states are very short lived and the Boltzmann distribution of energies at each step near activated complexes is hard to be obtained. Moreover, in reality, atoms behave in a quantum mechanical manner and the reaction might be successful to form the product even though the energy of the reactants is not enough to overcome the activation energy via quantum tunnelling. Moreover, in reality, the transition state is not necessarily at the lowest saddle point at high temperatures. Thus, there are alternative pathway to the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, the predicted reaction rate values by using Transition State Theory would be lower than the experimental values due to limitations of the assumptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 : F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_HH_potential_curve.png|frame|none|Figure 14. the potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_H_HF_potential_curve.png|frame|none|Figure 15. the potential energy surface of H + HF reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the potential energy surfaces, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is endothermic because the energy of the reactant is higher than the energy of the product and the H + HF reaction is  exothermic because the energy of the reactant is lower than the energy of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the bond strength of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is weaker than the bond strength of HF because looking at the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, the energy released from breaking H-H bond is lower than the energy required to form the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; Approximate Position of the transition state &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_intermoleculardistance.png|frame|none|Figure 16. The intermolecular distance vs time graph of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_F_H2_approximate_TS_potential_surface.png|frame|none|Figure 17. The potential energy surface of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction indicating the approximate position of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state of the endothermic reaction near the product. Looking at  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; graph, the transition state therefore lies near the product and it is supported by the intermolecular vs time graph as shown above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This is the image taken from chem libre text &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=781228</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=781228"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:10:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, A and B would form the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and C would move away from the molecule. Thus, the reaction path would head towards the other end of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_intermolecular.png|frame|none|Figure 12. Intermolecular distance vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_Momenta.png|frame|none|Figure 13. momenta vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 12 shows that the distance between B and C increases but the distance between A and B decreases with a little oscillation. Moreover, Figure 13 shows that the momentum of BC increases then plateaus meaning the B and C are separated and the momentum of AB increases then start to oscillate as it plateaus. It means that AB bonds are formed and they are oscillating. Thus, the two above data support that AB bond is formed instead of BC bond when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are reversed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || Initially, C approaches AB molecule. As C approaches, the distance between A and B remains almost constant with no oscillations and the potential energy between B and C increases. As it reaches the transition state, the system has an enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy. Therefore, a new BC bond is formed and the AB bond is broken. Then, as the reaction path passes the transition state, the BC molecule oscillates and A moves away from the new product BC.   || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system does not have an enough amount of energy to overcome the activation energy and the new BC bond is not formed. Thus, C moves away from the AB molecule and AB molecule remains oscillating and keep their bonds. ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches the AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system has the enough energy to overcome the activation energy and a new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the product as the reaction proceeds.  || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule AB. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the system has an enough energy to overcome the transition state and the new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the BC molecule. However, the oscillation of the BC bond is too big such that the BC bond is broken and AB bond is formed again. As a result, the AB molecule remains as it is and C moves away from the AB molecule. || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecules does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the AB molecule starts to oscillate dramatically such that AB bond is broken. As a result,the BC bond is formed and A moves away from the the molecule BC || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that activation energy is not the only factor that affects the success of the reaction but other factors such as collision in a correct geometry also contributes to the success of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory are as follows :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, For each elementary step in a multi-step reaction, the intermediates are long lived enough to reach a Boltzmann distribution of energies before proceeding to the next step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, The reaction is successful if the reaction path passes over the lowest energy saddle point on the potential energy surface (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in reality, the assumptions start to break down. The transition states are very short lived and the Boltzmann distribution of energies at each step near activated complexes is hard to be obtained. Moreover, in reality, atoms behave in a quantum mechanical manner and the reaction might be successful to form the product even though the energy of the reactants is not enough to overcome the activation energy via quantum tunnelling. Moreover, in reality, the transition state is not necessarily at the lowest saddle point at high temperatures. Thus, there are alternative pathway to the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, the predicted reaction rate values by using Transition State Theory would be lower than the experimental values due to limitations of the assumptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 : F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This is the image taken from chem libre text &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=781131</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=781131"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:00:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, A and B would form the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and C would move away from the molecule. Thus, the reaction path would head towards the other end of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_intermolecular.png|frame|none|Figure 12. Intermolecular distance vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_Momenta.png|frame|none|Figure 13. momenta vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 12 shows that the distance between B and C increases but the distance between A and B decreases with a little oscillation. Moreover, Figure 13 shows that the momentum of BC increases then plateaus meaning the B and C are separated and the momentum of AB increases then start to oscillate as it plateaus. It means that AB bonds are formed and they are oscillating. Thus, the two above data support that AB bond is formed instead of BC bond when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are reversed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || Initially, C approaches AB molecule. As C approaches, the distance between A and B remains almost constant with no oscillations and the potential energy between B and C increases. As it reaches the transition state, the system has an enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy. Therefore, a new BC bond is formed and the AB bond is broken. Then, as the reaction path passes the transition state, the BC molecule oscillates and A moves away from the new product BC.   || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system does not have an enough amount of energy to overcome the activation energy and the new BC bond is not formed. Thus, C moves away from the AB molecule and AB molecule remains oscillating and keep their bonds. ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches the AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system has the enough energy to overcome the activation energy and a new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the product as the reaction proceeds.  || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule AB. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the system has an enough energy to overcome the transition state and the new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the BC molecule. However, the oscillation of the BC bond is too big such that the BC bond is broken and AB bond is formed again. As a result, the AB molecule remains as it is and C moves away from the AB molecule. || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecules does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the AB molecule starts to oscillate dramatically such that AB bond is broken. As a result,the BC bond is formed and A moves away from the the molecule BC || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the table, it can be concluded that activation energy is not the only factor that affects the success of the reaction but other factors such as collision in a correct geometry also contributes to the success of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory are as follows :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, For each elementary step in a muli-step reaction, the intermediates are long lived enough to reach a Boltzmann distribution of energies before proceeding to the next temp.&lt;br /&gt;
2, The atomic nuclei behave according to the classic mechanics&lt;br /&gt;
3, The reaction is successful if the reaction path passes over the lowest energy saddle point on the potential energy surface (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in reality, the assumptions start to break down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This is the image taken from chem libre text &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=780858</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=780858"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T14:22:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, A and B would form the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and C would move away from the molecule. Thus, the reaction path would head towards the other end of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_intermolecular.png|frame|none|Figure 12. Intermolecular distance vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_Momenta.png|frame|none|Figure 13. momenta vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 12 shows that the distance between B and C increases but the distance between A and B decreases with a little oscillation. Moreover, Figure 13 shows that the momentum of BC increases then plateaus meaning the B and C are separated and the momentum of AB increases then start to oscillate as it plateaus. It means that AB bonds are formed and they are oscillating. Thus, the two above data support that AB bond is formed instead of BC bond when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are reversed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || Initially, C approaches AB molecule. As C approaches, the distance between A and B remains almost constant with no oscillations and the potential energy between B and C increases. As it reaches the transition state, the system has an enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation energy. Therefore, a new BC bond is formed and the AB bond is broken. Then, as the reaction path passes the transition state, the BC molecule oscillates and A moves away from the new product BC.   || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system does not have an enough amount of energy to overcome the activation energy and the new BC bond is not formed. Thus, C moves away from the AB molecule and AB molecule remains oscillating and keep their bonds. ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecule oscillates and C approaches the AB molecule. As the reaction path reaches the transition state, the system has the enough energy to overcome the activation energy and a new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the product as the reaction proceeds.  || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || Initially, the AB molecule does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule AB. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the system has an enough energy to overcome the transition state and the new BC bond is formed and A moves away from the BC molecule. However, the oscillation of the BC bond is too big such that the BC bond is broken and AB bond is formed again. As a result, the AB molecule remains as it is and C moves away from the AB molecule. || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || Initially, the AB molecules does not oscillate and C approaches the molecule. As the reaction approaches the transition state, the AB molecule starts to oscillate dramatically such that AB bond is broken. As a result,the BC bond is formed and A moves away from the the molecule BC || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This is the image taken from chem libre text &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_Momenta.png&amp;diff=780579</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 transition DYNAMIC Momenta.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_Momenta.png&amp;diff=780579"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:50:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_intermolecular.png&amp;diff=780577</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 transition DYNAMIC intermolecular.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_intermolecular.png&amp;diff=780577"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:49:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=780564</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=780564"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:48:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909, A and B would form the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule and C would move away from the molecule. Thus, the reaction path would head towards the other end of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_intermolecular.png|frame|none|Figure 12. Intermolecular distance vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_Momenta.png|frame|none|Figure 13. Intermolecular distance vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 12 shows that the distance between B and C increases but the distance between A and B decreases with a little oscillation. Moreover, Figure 13 shows that the momentum of BC increases then plateaus meaning the B and C are separated and the momentum of AB increases then start to oscillate as it plateaus. It means that AB bonds are formed and they are oscillating. Thus, the two above data support that AB bond is formed instead of BC bond when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are reversed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This is the image taken from chem libre text &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png&amp;diff=780409</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 transition1 MEP.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png&amp;diff=780409"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:32:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png&amp;diff=780390</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 transition1 DYNAMIC.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png&amp;diff=780390"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:30:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=780388</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=780388"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:29:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition1_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. If the values of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were changed the reaction path would slide down in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This is the image taken from chem libre text &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_transition_MEP.png&amp;diff=780378</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 transition MEP.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_transition_MEP.png&amp;diff=780378"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:28:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: Jel3117 uploaded a new version of File:JEL3117 transition MEP.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_transition_MEP.png&amp;diff=780377</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 transition MEP.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_transition_MEP.png&amp;diff=780377"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:28:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: Jel3117 uploaded a new version of File:JEL3117 transition MEP.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_transition_MEP.png&amp;diff=780374</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 transition MEP.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_transition_MEP.png&amp;diff=780374"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:28:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: Jel3117 uploaded a new version of File:JEL3117 transition MEP.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=780372</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=780372"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:27:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: /* Trajectories from r1 = rts + δ, r2 = rts */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. contour plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.909 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. If the values of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were changed the reaction path would slide down in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This is the image taken from chem libre text &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png&amp;diff=780319</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 transition MEP momentavstime graph.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png&amp;diff=780319"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:20:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png&amp;diff=780304</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 reactive nonreactive contour fifth.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png&amp;diff=780304"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:17:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png&amp;diff=780303</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 reactive nonreactive contour fourth.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png&amp;diff=780303"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:17:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png&amp;diff=780294</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 reactive nonreactive contour third.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png&amp;diff=780294"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:16:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png&amp;diff=780291</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 reactive nonreactive contour second.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png&amp;diff=780291"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:16:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png&amp;diff=780290</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 reactive nonreactive contour first.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png&amp;diff=780290"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:15:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=780284</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=780284"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:15:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. If the values of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were changed the reaction path would slide down in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || ||[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This is the image taken from chem libre text &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=780256</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=780256"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:10:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. If the values of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were changed the reaction path would slide down in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || &lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive because the total || &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || The reaction is not reactive because || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || The reaction is not reactive because || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || The reaction is not reactive because || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || The reaction is not reactive because || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This is the image taken from chem libre text &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=780243</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=780243"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:08:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. If the values of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were changed the reaction path would slide down in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || The reaction is reactive because the total || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]] ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || The reaction is not reactive because || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || The reaction is not reactive because || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || The reaction is not reactive because || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || The reaction is not reactive because || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This is the image taken from chem libre text &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=780237</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=780237"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:07:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. If the values of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were changed the reaction path would slide down in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || The reaction is reactive because the total || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_first.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || The reaction is not reactive because || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_second.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || The reaction is not reactive because || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_third.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || The reaction is not reactive because || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fourth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || The reaction is not reactive because || [[File:JEL3117_reactive_nonreactive_contour_fifth.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This is the image taken from chem libre text &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png&amp;diff=780138</id>
		<title>File:JEL3117 transition DYNAMIC momentavstime graph.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png&amp;diff=780138"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T12:43:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=780136</id>
		<title>JEL3117 MolecularReactionDynamics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=JEL3117_MolecularReactionDynamics&amp;diff=780136"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T12:42:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jel3117: /* Trajectories from r1 = rts + δ, r2 = rts */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Molecular Reaction Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Potential Energy Curve&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative motions of the atoms in a molecule can be described by using an anharmonic oscillator which is derived from a simple harmonic oscillator. The potential energy curve shows how the potential of the molecule (ex. diatomic molecule) changes as the nuclei are displaced from the equilibrium position which is located at the minimum point of the potential curve. In the diatomic case, the potential of the molecule increases exponentially as the separation between the nuclei decreases. As the distance between the nuclei increases, the energy of the molecule increases until it reaches a flat limiting potential. The difference between the energy of the flat line and the energy of the equilibrium position is the dissociation energy. When the separation is really small, the oscillator follows the simple harmonic oscillator but as the nuclei are further apart, they deviate from the ideality more and follows the anharmonic oscillator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_Morse_potential.png|frame|none|Figure 1. A potential energy curve of a diatomic molecule.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1 : H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order for H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to react with H, the H atom should approach to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with a sufficient amount of energy to overcome the activation energy. At the initial condition when time = 0. the bond distance between B and C is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the distance between A and B is represented as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; as shown in the diagrams below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_reactant.png|frame|none|Figure 2. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the reactant state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_product.png|frame|none|Figure 3. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the product state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be equal. If there is a sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy, A and B will form a new bond and C will move away as shown above in figure 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL_3117_animation_transition_statte.png|frame|none|Figure 4. positions of the H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining transition state in a potential energy surface diagram ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On a potential energy surface diagram, the transition state is mathematically defined by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state.png]] - (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state1.png]] - (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_state2.png]] - (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All three equations above should be satisfied to identify the transition state. The first condition states that the product of the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the first derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be zero. The second condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should be less than zero (meaning minimum point). The third condition states that the second derivative of the potential energy with respect to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; should me more than zero (meaning maximum point). Thus, the transition state is defined as the maximum point on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states are graphically represented below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph1.png|framed|none|300px|Figure 5. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the minimum energy path along the black line.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_graph2.png|frame|none|Figure 6. the potential energy curve where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is constant and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is a variable. It shows the maximum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition states can be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface because the local minimum will not satisfy the first condition of the equation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The estimated distance transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å and this can be shown by &amp;quot;internuclear Distance vs Time&amp;quot; plot as shown below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_0.98.png|frame|none|Figure 7. internuclear Distance vs Time plot at the transition state position r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, I expect the the atoms to vibrate minimum near to zero because the transition state is the maximum on the minimum energy path. As the they vibrate more and more, they will slide down the potential surface curve and separate to form either product or reactant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP.png|frame|none|Figure 8. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_MEP_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 9. momentum vs time graph of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in MEP.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC.png|frame|none|Figure 10. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:JEL3117_transition_DYNAMIC_momentavstime_graph.png|frame|none|Figure 11. surface plot of the reaction H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in Dynamic.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above graphs were plotted by setting r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
the first two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the MEP mode. MEP sets the momenta and velocities of the molecule to zero (shown in figure 9) in each time every step and process the reaction in a infinitely slow motion. The last two graphs show the reaction path of the reaction with the dynamics mode. Dynamics shows the vibrational motion of the molecule which is derived from the internal energy of the molecule. Thus, oscillation of the energy of the reaction path is shown in the potential energy surface. By setting the momentum to zero at every point, the reaction path will stop when the exchange of the atoms is completed. However, when the momentum is not zero, the products will move away from each other continuously due to conservation of momentum. This is shown in figure 8 and 10 where the reaction path ends earlier for MEP than Dynamics. If the values of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; were changed the reaction path would slide down in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MorsePotential&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This is the image taken from chem libre text &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jel3117</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>